Page 1
ﺩThinkCentre 
ﺃﻧ3261ﻭ3263ﻭ3264ﻭ3267ﻭ3273ﻭ3856ﻭ4004ﻭ4156               
Page 2
ﻣﻼﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૧ﺍﻹﻋﻠﻰ         
١١٣ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﻤﺎ. 
© Copyright Lenovo 2012.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ )ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ 
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ،ﻳﺨ،ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ   
ﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 
Page 3
ﺍﻟ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٣.ﺃﻧ١٩   
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ١٩ 
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ١٩ 
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ.١٩ 
ﺍﻹ٢٠ 
ﺩﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ٢٠ 
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ٢٠ 
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ٢٠ 
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ٢٠ 
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ٢١ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ٢١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٤.ﺍﻷ٢٣   
ﺧ٢٣ 
ﺗﻮ٢٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٢٤ 
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕBIOS٢٤  
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕWindows٢٤  
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ٢٥ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ٢٥ 
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ٢٥ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴ٢٧   
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ٢٧ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٢٧ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٢٧ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٢٧ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA٢٩  
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ٣١ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ٣٤ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٤٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ٤٦ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٤٧ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎac٤٩  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ٥١ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٥٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ٥٦ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٥٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝWiFi٦١  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi٦٣  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi٦٥  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٦٦ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ٦٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ٧٠ 
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ٧١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٦.٧٥  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 7٧٥  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺃﺳﻼ
ﻛﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ.
ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١.ﻧﻈ١   
ﺍﻟﺨ١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ٣ 
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo٤  
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7٤    
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 8٥   
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔLenovo٥  
ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ.٧ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٧ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ٨ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.١٠ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ١١ 
ﻣﻠﺼ١٢ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٢.ﺍﺳ١٣   
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ.١٣ 
ﺍﻟﻮWindows 8١٣  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ١٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭWindows١٤  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺭThinkVantage١٤  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ١٤ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺎﻭ١٤ 
ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺼ١٥ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٥ 
ﺿﺒﻂ١٥ 
ﺿﺒﻂ١٥ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍCDDVD١٥   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍCDDVD١٦   
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮCDDVD١٦   
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻗﺮCDDVD١٧   
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 4
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼCD٩  
ﻣﺸﻜﻼDVD٩  
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٠ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠١ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٤ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٥ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٦ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٧ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٧ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼUSB١٠٨  
Lenovo Solution Center١٠٨ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ  
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ١٠٩ 
ﻣ١٠٩ 
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools١٠٩ 
Lenovo Welcome١٠٩ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٠٩ 
ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﻀ١٠٩ 
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐLenovo١٠٩  
ﻣﻮﻗﻊLenovo١١٠  
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١١٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ١١٠ 
ﻃﻠﺐ١١٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ١١١ 
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ١١١ 
Power-On Password٨٤ 
Administrator Password٨٤ 
Hard Disk Password٨٤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૧.ﺍﻹ١١٣   
ﻋ١١٣ 
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.٧٥ 
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ٧٦ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery٧٧  
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ٧٧ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٧٨ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٧٩ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٧٩ 
ﺣﻞ٨٠ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 8٨٠  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٧.ﺍﺳSetup Utility٨٣    
ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨٣  
ﻋﺮ٨٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٨٣ 
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ٨٤ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ٨٤ 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ)ﻣﺴﺢ 
CMOS٨٤ 
ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ٨٥ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ٨٥ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ٨٥ 
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ.٨٥ 
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦErP٨٦  
ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝSetup Utility٨٦  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٨.ﺗﺤﺪﻳ٨٧   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ٨٧ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٧ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٧ 
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﻓﺸﻞPOST/BIOS٨٨  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૨.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٥   
ﺍﻟﻤﻼ١١٥ 
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ١١٥ 
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ١١٥ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٧ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૩١١٩  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWEEE١١٩  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٩ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٢٠ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٢٠ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١٢١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٩.ﺗﻔﺎﺩ٨٩   
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٩ 
ﺍﻟﺤ
ﺑﻚ.٨٩ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Update٨٩  
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ٩ 
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ.٩ 
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ٩ 
ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ٩ 
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.٩ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ૪ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﺮﺓ   
(RoHS)١٢٣ 
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ١٢٣ 
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ١٢٣ 
ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢRoHS١٢٣  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١٠.ﺗ  
ﻭﺇ٩ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ٩ 
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ٩ 
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre   
Page 5
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕRoHS١٢٤  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૫ENERGY STAR١٢٥   
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮ١٢٧ 
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 6
iv ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ  
Page 7
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﻣﻦ  
ﻓﻲ
ﺃﻭ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻮﻗﻊﺩﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ   
®
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﻟﺪﻳﻚ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚPortable Document Format (PDF)    
ﺍﻟﺨﺎLenovo 
"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟ 
ﻻ،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻃ ُﻠﺐ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺫ ُﻛﺮ.ﻳﺠ 
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ  ًﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤ)ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕCRULenovo    
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳCRU ًﺎﺃﻥOff.ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ   ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،٥   
"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٢٧،ﻓﺎﺗ  
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﻳﻌﺪ ًﺎﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ  
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻣﻨ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ.ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ  
ﺍﻷ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮCRU،    
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ: 
• ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ .ﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ .
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 8
• ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ   
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐCRU،ﻳﺠ    
ﻏﻴﺮ
• ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ   ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ  
ﺫﻟﻚ،،ﺛﻢ  
• ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺃ 
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻻﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .
2
، ﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀ ﻞ .ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ،  
ﻳﺠ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ،ﻳﺠH05VV-F3G0.75      
ﻳﺠ
ﻻ.ﺣﻴﺚ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ  
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪء. 
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ، 
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ،  
ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﻼ.ﻭﺃﻳ ًﺎﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ/ﺃﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ  
ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ
ﻳﺠ
ﻻ)ﻋﻠﻰ 
ﻓﻲ
ﻻ
ﺑﺴﻠﻚ
ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔﺩﻭﻥ، 
ﻛﺎﺑ 
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ 
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﻓﻼ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻻ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ،ﻓﺎﺗ  
ﻻ؛ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
viﻭ 
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 9
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ.ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ًﺎ.ﺗﻌﺪ  
ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ،ﻓﺎﺗ  
ﻣﻨﺎﺳ.ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻧﺴﺒﺔ80.ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻠﺤ   
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،  
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ
ﺍﻷ 
ً
ﻻ(USB)1394  
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ﻭﺑﺨ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈ    ٍﻋﻠﻰ
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 10
ﺇ 
ﺧ
ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮLenovo 
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕLenovo   
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ.
ﻻ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ،ﻭﻫﻮ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.ﻓﻲ،ﻓﺘﻮﻗ ٍﻋ
ﻭﺍﻃﻠﺐ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ   
ﺑﺎﻹ
ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻹ 
ﺧ
ﻻ.ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ.ﻻ   
ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺨLenovo،ﺃﻭ  
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪﺙ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻯ    
ﺍﻹ
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝLenovo  
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ 
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ 
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﻓﻜﻬﺎ. 
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﻗ 
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ًﺍ
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ 
ﻻ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ،ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ.  
ﻳﺠ،ﻣﻊ3050   ًﺎﻣﻦ.ﻧﻮ 
ﻣﺮﺓﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟ 
ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ًﺎ:
• ﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .
ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ 
viiiﻭ 
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 11
•ﻻ 
•ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ    
ﻭ
ﺗﻔﻘٰﺪ.ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ   
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ.ﺇﺫﺍﻻ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ   
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ.ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،  
ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ،  
ﺗﻔﺤ،،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ  
ﻟﺴ،ﻳﺠ 
•ﺍﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ًﺎ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ  ًﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
•ﺗﻔﻘﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ 
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﻦﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ  
ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ
•ﻻ 
•ﻻ،ﺣﻴﺚ   
•ﻳﺠﺩﺭﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ   
•ﻻﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭ  
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ 
ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ،  
ﻳﺠ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ)ﻣﻦ5095(ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮ.ﻓﺸ      
ﺣﺘﻰ
ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻮ،ﻓﻲ  
ﻳﺠ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،   
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ
ﻻ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ،ﻓﻘﺪ  
ﻳﺤﺪ
ﻻ.ﺍﻟﻔ 
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ26)ﻋﻠﻰ24Under-     
writers Laboratories (UL) ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠ Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ،ﻳﺠ ًﺎﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ،ﻣﺜﻞ: 
•ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
•ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
•ﻻ 
•ﻳﺠ 
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 12
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺧﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ    ُﻌﺪﻟ
•ﻻ 
ﺑﻴﺎ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ، 
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻷﻏﻓﻘﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞﻻ   
•ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ 
ﺧ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ
ﺑﻴﺎ 
ﻻ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ 
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ،ﻓﺎﺗ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ 
ﺣﺎﻓﻆ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓ  
ﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺍﻣﺴ  
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻻءﻓﻮ 
xﻭ 
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 13
xi
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 14
xii ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ  
Page 15
®
Windows®7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺧﻟﻌﺮ          
®
Core™  i3
ﺍﻟ١  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo  
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
ﺍﻟ 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ.ﺗﻐﻄ ُﺯ.
ﻟﻌﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ 
• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utilityﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٣.ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩ Main       
!!System Summaryﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . 
•ﻓﻲMicrosoft  
•ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ     
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ 
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i5  
®
®
•ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Celeron  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Pentium  
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ
•ﻣﺤﺃﻗﺮﺍﺃﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(     
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮSerial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)  
•ﻣﺤﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ
•ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕVideo Graphics Array (VGA)ﻭﻣﻮDisplayPort    
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ
•ﻣﻮ(HD)ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ   
•ﻣﻮ 
•ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ 
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ100/1000 Mbps integrated Ethernet  
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(   
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓWiFiﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔBluetoothﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(     
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 16
ﺧ
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯpower-on self-test (POST)  
•ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ(DMI)  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ 
ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
• ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErP 
ﻳﻘﻠﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٨٦  
•Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) 
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ(ﺃﻭ   
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ.
• System Management (SM) Basic Input/Output System (BIOS)SM  
ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﺍSM BIOSBIOS   
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• 
Wake on LANﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ   
ﻭﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ .
ﺧ/ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ(I/O)  
•ﺧﻤﺴﺔ(USB) 2.0ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ   
•ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
•ﻣﻮEthernetﻭﺍﺣﺪ   
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﺃﻭ،ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ       
•ﻣﻮVGAﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ   
•ﻣﻮﻣﻮ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ٧"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ    
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ٨. 
ﺍﻟﺘﻮ
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔ 
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔmini PCI Express  
ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ65 
ﺧ
•ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agentﻓﻲ   
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻳﺴﻤﻰ  
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ 
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓUSBﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻛﻞ   
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺑﻌ  
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(POP)،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ      
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 17
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴ 
•ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ 
•ﺩﻋﻢﺇﻗﻔﻞKensington   
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ٤٢٣   
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo     
ﺍﻟ٤. 
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 7  
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 8  
١
)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ 
ﻧﻈﺎﻡ)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ)ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ(ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ)ﺍﻟﺘﻲ(ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ      
®
•Linux 
•Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP 3 
ﺍﻟﻤ 
ﻳﺴ
ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ
ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
• ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ :
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ
• 
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ
• 
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ
Lenovo ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﺔﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ .ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻢﺗﺮﺧﻴﺼﻪﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣   
١ .ﺺ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡ )ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺿ ﺔ (ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ .ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ 
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ
Page 18
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﻟﺪﺧﻞ:ﻣﻦ100240   
ﻣﺪﻯﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ:ﻣﻦ5060   
ﺑﺮﺍﻣLenovo  
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎLenovo ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰWindows ًﺎ،ﻗﺪ  
ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7   
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage    ®Tools
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage Tools  
ﻟﻠﻮLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools      
ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolsﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ،ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ    
ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ 
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools   
Enhanced Backup and Restore
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ
ﺳ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ
ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
®
ﻣﻼﻗﺪ ًﺎﻟﻄ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovo 
ﻟﻠﻮLenovo،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺛﻢ،ﺑﻨﺎﺀ      ًﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ،ﺛﻢ  
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،    ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ 
ﻓﻮ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ
ﻳﺘﻢ
٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 19
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ  
Lenovoﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ 
Lenovoﻗﺎﺭ 
Lenovoﺳ 
Lenovoﻣﺨﺰﻥ 
Lenovoﻋﻨﺎﺻ 
Lenovo - Enhanced Backup and
Restore
Lenovo - SimpleTap
Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ 
Lenovo View Management Utility
ﺍﻟﻨ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ 
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo 
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
ﻣﻼﻗﺪ ًﺎﻟﻄ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 8   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo  
• ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ Lenovo QuickLaunchﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ   ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ  
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ)+(.  
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Windowsﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻞ     
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ  
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo 
•Fingerprint Software 
•Lenovo Companion 
•Lenovo Settings 
•Lenovo Solution Center 
•Lenovo QuickLaunch 
•Lenovo Support 
•Password Manager 
•System Update 
ﻣLenovo  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡLenovo 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥   
Page 20
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ  ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
•Communications Utility 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCommunications Utility ًﺎﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳًﺎ.ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ 
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦﻟﺘﺤIP(VOIP)  
•Fingerprint Software 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺴ   
ﺍﻟﻘﺮWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔ   
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•Lenovo Cloud Storage 
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Cloud Storage ًﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻤﺨ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
Lenovo Cloud Storage ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/cloud  
•Lenovo Companion 
ﻣﻦLenovo Companion،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Lenovo Settings 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Settings 
ﻭﺍﻟ
•Lenovo Solution Center 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚLenovo Solution Center.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ   
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺇﻟﻰ 
•Lenovo QuickLaunch 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo QuickLaunch ًﺳ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲLenovoMicrosoft   
ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ
•Lenovo Support 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚLenovo SupportLenovo   
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools 
ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ  
ﻓﻲ
•Lenovo Welcome 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻟﻚLenovo WelcomeLenovo   
ﺃﻗ
•Password Manager 
ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ًﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞWindows 
•Power Manager 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚPower Manager.ﻭﻳﻤﻜ  ّﻨﻚ
•Recovery Media 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚRecovery Media 
•Rescue and Recovery 
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ًﻟﻼ،  
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ،،،    
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 21
•SimpleTap 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚSimpleTap 
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSimpleTap  ًﺎﻟﻠﻮLenovo App 
Shop ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ . 
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ  
–ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTap   
ﻷﻭﻝ
–ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺭ ﻕﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ًﺍﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ   ُﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ  
SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
•System Update 
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ  
Lenovo،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ      
•View Management Utility 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚView Management Utility.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻳ ًﺎﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﺃﻣﺎﻛ 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ،ﺑﺎﻹ 
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ
ﺗ 
ﻳﻮ١٨ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ   
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧   
Page 22
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
6ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ1(      
7ﻣﻮ 
8ﻣﻮ 
9ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ2(      
1ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻧﺸﺎﻁBluetooth  
2ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
4ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ 
5ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻧﺸﺎﻁ 
ﺗ 
ﻳﻌﺮ٢"ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ٩ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ.ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻌ    
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ
٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 23
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
7ﻣﻮAC  
9ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ 
10ﺣﻠﻘﺔﻛﺒﻞ 
11ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi  
1ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ5(      
2ﻣﻮEthernetﺧﺎﻧﺔﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ   
3ﻣﻮVGA  
4ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ3(      
5ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ4(      
6ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
ﻣﻮ
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ
DisplayPort
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ FCC Class B،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞCategory 5 Ethernet    
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﺃﻭﻣﻮUSB 2.0،ﺃﻭﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi    
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ   
VGA ﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ .ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺒﻞﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ   
ﺗﻮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮUSB 2.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﻣﺎﻭ  
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕVGAVGA  
ﻣﻮDisplayPort 
ﻣﻮEthernetEthernet(LAN)   
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ
ﻣﻮUSB 2.0 
ﻣﻮVGA 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩   
Page 24
ﺗ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ١٠.ﻻ،ﺍﺭ"ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ      
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٣١ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ  
1ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ  
١٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 25
2ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻣﺤﻮﻝ  
9ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi  
10ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 
11ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 
12ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ 
3ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ 
4ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
5ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ(  
6ﻭﺣﺪﺓ)ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ(ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ   
ﺗ 
ﻳﻌﺮ٤١١  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ  
8ﻣﻮ 
1ﻣﻮ 
2ﻣﻮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ  
3ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔMini PCI ExpressﻭClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide    
Semiconductor) /Recovery
11ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
12ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻣﻮ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١   
4ﻣﻮ 
5ﻣﻮSATA  
6ﻣﻮUSBﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ(2)     
7ﻣﻮ(COM1)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ   
Page 26
ﻣﻠ 
ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻬﺪ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗLenovo،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ   
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻨﻲ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﻣﻠﺼ  
١٢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 27
http://www.lenovo.com/ThinkCentreUserGuides
ﺍﻟ٢  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻷ 
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ؟ 
ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮLenovo 
ﺃﻳﻦ؟ 
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ،٧٥  
ﺑﺎﻹ،ﻓﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo    
ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ،١١"ﺍﻟﺤ١٠٩.ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ،       
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﻗﺮﺍ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ .ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢ     
ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ
ﺃﻳﻦWindows؟  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindowsWindows   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ.ﻟﻠﻮWindows،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ   
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ     
•ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ     
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻮWindows 8  
ﻓﻲWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻟﻠﻮWindows 8،      
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﺣﺪﺍﻹ
• ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ 
١.ﺣ 
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.  
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.  
•ﻣﻦ 
١.ﺣ 
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ  
٣.ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows       
ﺍ 
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻄ،ﻳﺄﺗﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ  
ﺍﺧﺘMicrosoft Windows 
١٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 28
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘWindowsﻋﻠﻰ١٤    
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ١٤    
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﻋﻠﻰ١٤   
ﺍWindows  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮMicrosoft Windows 
• ﺷﻌﺎﺭ WindowsAltﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ .ﻓﻬﻤﺎﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥﺑﺸﻌﺎﺭ Windowsﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،      
ﺍWindowsﺍﺑﺪﺃ.ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺍﺿWindows      
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒWindows  ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ
• ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Ctrlﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ .ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ   
ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺃﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ    
ﺍﻟEsc 
ﺍThinkVantage  
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌThinkVantageLenovo  
ﺍﻟThinkVantageSimpleTapWindows 7Lenovo PC Device    
Experience ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 
ﺍ 
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﻬﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ     
Lenovoﻋﻠﻰ٥.  
ﻟﻔﺘﺢThinkVantage Fingerprint Software،ﺍﻧﻈ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo٤.     
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﻟﻼ،ﺍﺭThinkVantage Fingerprint Software   
ﺍ 
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ
1ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ 
2ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺣﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻌﺮ
3ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ 
١٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 29
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
Windows
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟ.ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺤﺘﻮ  
ﻋﻠﻰPCI 
ﻣ 
ﻓﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ  
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ؛ ًﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ:ﻣﻮ،،ﻭﻣﻮ.ﻭﻓﻲ     
ﺑﻌ،ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻮ)ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ(.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ   
ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ،ﻓ ًﻋ
ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ، 
ﻣﻦWindows ّﻙ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻛﺘﻢ  
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ١٥  
ﺇﺿ
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻣﻦWindowsﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ      
٢.ﻓﻲﺷﺍﻧﻘﺮﺗﺨ    
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.      
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ   
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ  
٢.ﻓﻲﺷﺍﻧﻘﺮﺗﺨ    
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.      
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ   
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻲWindows 8ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ         
ﺍﻷ
٢.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺿ    
٣.ﺣ ّﻙ
ﺍCDDVD   
ﻗﺪﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ   ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ  
DVDﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﺫﺍﺕﺳﻢ)ﺑﻮﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ      ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺤﺮ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ١٥   
Page 30
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍDVD-ROMDVD-RDVD-RAMDVD-RWCD،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍCD-ROM       
ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍCD-RWCD-RCD.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚDVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ      ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺴ
DVD-R ﺹ DVD-RWﻣﻦﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD-RAMﺹ CD-RWﻭﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CD-R    
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹDVD 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
–ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ  
–ﺍﻟﺮ  
–ﻏﺒﺎﺭ  
–ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ  
–ﺳ  
–ﺿ 
•ﻻCDﺃﻭDVDﻓﻲ     
•ﻗﺒﻞ،ﺃﺧﺮCDﺃﻭDVDﻣﻦ       
ﺍCDDVD   
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮCDDVD؛ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﻻCDDVD،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ      
ﺍﻹ
•ﺃﻣﺴﻻ  
•ﻹ،ﺍﻣﺴﺢﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ    
ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻻ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﻻ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﻻﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ  
ﺗCDDVD   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ     
DVD،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺪﺭ   
٢.ﻭﺃﺩﺧﺃﻭﻓﻲﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﻋﻠﻰﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ       
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭDVDﺣﺘﻰﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .     
٣.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ     ًﺎ.
ﻟﻼ،ﺍﺭCDDVD   
ﻹCDDVDDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:    
١.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ   ًﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ 
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ  
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ /ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ    
ﻓﻲDVD.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺑﺪﻻ   ًﻣﻦ
ﺍﻹ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻓﻲ 
١٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 31
ﺗCDDVD   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎDVD ًﻹ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚCDDVD   
ﻟﺘﺴDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ  
• ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo EditionPower2Go    ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
–ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ      
!!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo EditionCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Editionﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ   
ﻋ
–Power2Go،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞPowerDVD CreatePower2Go.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ        
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power2Goﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:     
١.ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐPower2Go     
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕPower2Goﻓﻲ   
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
®
Playerﻟﺘﺴﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،    
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ١٠٩ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ١٧   
Page 32
١٨ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 33
http://www.lenovo.com/healthycomputing
ﺍﻟ٣  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺇﻣ 
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﻭﺍﻷ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡLenovo.ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ 
ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ   
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺗﺮ 
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖﺃﻗ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ  
ﺑﻪ.ﻭﺗﻌﺪ،ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺛﺮ    
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﺇﻻﺃﻥ 
ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ.ﻳﺠ  
ﺃﻓ.ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ.ﻗﻢﺑ  ًﺎﻟﻸ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻳﺠ ًﺎﻟﻸ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻤﺴ ًﺎ
ﻭﺍﻷ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ 
ﺍ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ،51   
61،ﻭﻳﺠ ًﺎ،،ﻣﺜﻞ  
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ 
١٩
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 34
ﺍﻹ 
ﺿ،،ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ.ﺍﻟ   
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ.ﺍ،ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦ   
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ  ًﺎ،ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ،ﻣﻦ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ    
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ
ﻓﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺮ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺮ   
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ.ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ًﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺩ 
ﺗﻨﺘﺞ.ﻳﺤﺘﻮ.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ   
ﻓﺘﺪﻉﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ   
ﺗﻠء،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ  ًﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ51)2ﺑﻮ(.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺠ   ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺂ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ    
•ﻳﺠ ًﺍﻋ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ"ﺃﺳvi   
ﺗ 
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺴ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ؛ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱLenovo   
ﺃﻳﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚLenovo،Lenovo    
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.ﻭﻋ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ  
ﻟﺘﺴLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ  
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/registerﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ   
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ًﺎ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰWindows 7ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞLenovo Product Registrationﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ     ًﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ 
–Windows 8Lenovo Supportﺗﺴ   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻧﻘ 
ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻳﺠ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ   
ﻋ
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ٢١   
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳﻋﻠﻰ٢١   
٢٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 35
ﻣ 
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ،ﺃﻣﺎ  
ﺑﻌ،ﻓﻼ.ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻳﺠ   
ﻭﺍﺛﻘًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻳﺠ)ﻣﺨﺮ(ﺍﻟﺘﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ،ﻓﺎﺗ    
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﺑﺎﻹ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺤ 
•،ﻳﺠ 
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ًﺎﻣﻌﻪ، 
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،  
•،ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ  
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈ
ﺍ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺃﻭ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo  
http://www.lenovo.com/powercordnotice
ﻟﻼ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ: 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ٢١   
Page 36
٢٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 37
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺍﻷ ﻣ ﺎ ﻥ  ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺧ 
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ
• Computrace Agentﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent 
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Computrace Agent  
• ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ )ﻳﺴﻤﻰﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ ( 
ﻳﺤﻮﻝ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ 
ﻣﻮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮSecurityﺣﺪﺩChassis Intrusion DetectionEnabledﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ      
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸ،.ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ  
ﺍﻟﺨ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﺍF1ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲSetup UtilityﺛﻢﺍF10ﻟﻠﺤﻔﻆSetup Utilityﻟﻦ         
ﺍﻟﺨ
• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٨٥  
• ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ  ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ (
ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻄ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻓﻤﻦ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility  
ﻋ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  
ﻭﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٨٥  
• 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
٢٣
ﺗ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞ،ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻴﻪﺑﺎﺳﻢﻗﻔﻞKensington،ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﻳﺘﻢ     
ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻳ.ﻳﻌﺪ   
ﻧﻮﻉ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovoKensington   
http://www.lenovo.com/support
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 38
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٦.ﻗﻔﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ   
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚMicrosoft WindowsBIOS  
ﺍﻻ
ﻛﻠﻤﺎBIOS  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup UtilityBIOS   
ﺑﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ 
• Power-On PasswordPower-On Password،ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ    ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.،٨٤  
• Hard Disk Passwordﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ  
ﺍﻟﻘﺮHard Disk Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻣﺤﺮ،ﺍﺭﺟ٨٤  
ً
• Administrator Passwordﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ   
ﻋ،ﻓﻴﺠAdministrator Password،ﺍﺭ   
"٨٤ 
ﻟﺴ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ  
ﻛﻠﻤﺎWindows  
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟ١٠٩  
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 39
ﺗﻜ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮFingerprint SetupSecuritySetup Utility   
•Preboot Authenticationﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.   
•Erase Fingerprint Dataﻟﻤﺴ  
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup UtilityﺣﺪﺩSecurityFingerprint SetupﺛﻢﺍEnterﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ        
Fingerprint Setup
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPreboot AuthenticationﺃﻭErase Fingerprint DataﺣEnter      
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹEnter  
٥.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ،.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ  ًﺎ 
ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ًﺎ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ 
ﻋﻠﻰ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﺤﻤﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ  
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﺍﺭ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ًﺎWindowsWindows،   
"ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٠٩ 
ﺣ 
ﻟﻘﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ
ﺗﻘﺪﻡLenovo30.ﺑﻌﺪ30،ﻳﺠ      
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﻭﻣ  ًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٢٥   
Page 40
٢٦ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 41
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺗﺮ ﻛ ﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ ﺯ ﺃ ﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ  ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ
ﻻ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﻳﻌﺪ ًﺎﺃﻥﺗ
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺣﻴﺚ  
•ﻳﺠ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞPCIﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ   
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
•ﻗﻢﺑﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ 
•ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻳﺠ   
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ
• ،ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ      
ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻮ 
• ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻣﻼ
١.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﻓﻘﻂ.  
٢.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ  
ﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ،   
ﻳﺠ،ﺍﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٧٨ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ    
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESA    ًﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻓﻜﻪﻗﺒﻞ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﺍﻧﻈ٢٩  
٢٧
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 42
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺃﻭﻓﻜﻪ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻣﺆﺧ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ  
٣.ﻟﻔﻚﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ  
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 43
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٨.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ  
ﺗﺮVESA  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮVESA 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .  
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐVESAﺣ   ّﻙVESA 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٢٩   
Page 44
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA   
٣ .ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA   
٤ .ﻟﻔﻚﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESA،ﻓﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESA    
٣٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 45
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١١.ﻓﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥVESA   
٥ .ﺮ ّﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٢.ﻓﻚVESA   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣١   
Page 46
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ  
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺍﺭﺟﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ    
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﻣﺜﻞﺃﻧﻈﺗﻮﻋﻠﻰ     
٥.ﻓﻚ ّﺖ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻚﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ  
٦.ﺣ ّﻙﺍﺭﻓﻊ 
٣٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 47
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ  
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎDDR3 DIMMs16.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ    
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱDDR3 SODIMM2،ﺃﻭ4،ﺃﻭ816        
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٣   
Page 48
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻳﺠﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺃﺧﺮﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ 
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺩﺭﺍﺝ2ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ1.ﺍﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ      
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٧ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥٨ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
٣٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 49
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺇﻻ ﺑﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯ .
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺍﻓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.  
٣.ﻓﻚ ّﺖVESAﺛﻢ  ّﻙ
VESA
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﻋﻠﺒﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ  
٤.ﻓﻚ ّﺖﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﻚ 
ﺃﺧﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٥   
Page 50
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٨.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ  
٥ .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺛﻢﺃﺧ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٩.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ  
٦ .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺛﻢ ﺭﻛ ّﺐ 
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 51
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٧ .ﺮ ّﻙ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨ .ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺜﺒّﺖ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺑﻌﻠﺒﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٧   
Page 52
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  ّﺖ
٩ .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﺣﺮ  ّﻙ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ 
ﺍﻟVESA 
٣٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 53
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١٠VESA 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٩   
Page 54
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  ّﺖ
١١ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨. 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺍﻓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.  
٣.ﻓﻚ ّﺖVESAﺛﻢ  ّﻙ
VESA
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 55
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٥.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ  
٤ .ﺮ ّﻙ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺛﻢﺃﺧ ﺮ ﺝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٦.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ  
٥ .ﺟ ﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤١   
Page 56
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٧.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ  
٦ .ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ،ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﺰﻻ ﺝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ . ّﻙ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﺰ ﻻ ﺝﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ 
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٨.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ  
٧ .ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ .ﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺰﻻ ﺝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
٤٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 57
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ  
٨.ﺿ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ  
٩.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٣   
Page 58
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١٠ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻌﻠﺒﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﺣﺮ  ّﻙ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ 
ﺍﻟVESA 
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 59
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١١VESA 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٥   
Page 60
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  ّﺖ
١٢ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨. 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ)ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ(ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯ.ﺗﻈ    
ﻣﺤﺘﻔﻈﺔﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻻ.ﻟﻜﻦ،.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ،    
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ)ﻣﺘ(.ﺳﻴﺘﻢ  
ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ"ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﻓﻲ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ"ﻟﻼ    
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ. 
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 61
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ  
٥ .ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٦ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧١ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄ .ﻭﻳﻌﺪﻫﺬﺍﺃﻣﺮ    ًﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ ،ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. 
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
٨.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ     
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺃﺧﺮ 
ﺃﻧﻈ٨. 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٧   
Page 62
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٦.ﻓﺼ  
٣ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻤﺆﺧ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ .ﺛﺒ ّﺖ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
ﺑﺤﻠﻘﺔ
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 63
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٧.ﺗﻮ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍac  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻳﺘﻴﺢac 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻻac،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .
1ﺛﻢ 
ﻙVESA 
ّ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٩  
٢.ﺍ 
Page 64
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻮﻓﻖﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ac  
٣.ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐVESAﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ   
ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA،ﺛﻢ  ّﻙVESA 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 65
• ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧١  
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺃﺧﺮﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﻓﻚ 
٧.ﻓﻚ ّﺖ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺜﺒ ّﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
٨.ﻓﻚ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥١   
Page 66
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤١.ﻓﻚﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ  
٩ .1ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ 2ﺮﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١٠ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 67
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  ّﺖ
١١ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
١١
١٢ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
١٣ﺭﻛ ّﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺍﺳ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٣   
Page 68
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٤.ﻓﻚ  
٥ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ : 
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ  
b.ﺍﻧﺰ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ   
ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ  
٦ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . 
ﻣﻼ
a.ﺭﺑﻤﺎﻳﺠ 
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 69
b.ﻻ 
٧ .ﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ ّﺖ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ .ﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ .
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
٩ .ّﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٥   
Page 70
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ  
ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻗﻢﺑ ِﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲ ء. 
1ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰﻟﻠﻮ  
٤ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٨.ﺍﻟﺘﻮ  
٥ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ . 
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 71
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ  
ﻣﻼ
a.ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
1ﻓﻲ 
ﺎ
ً
2 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.ﻳﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ   
b.ﻳﺠﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  ًﺎﺍﻟﺒﺤ
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ
c.ﺍﻟﻤﻻ  
d.ﻻءﻓﻲ   ًﺎ.ﻳﺠ 
٦.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ 
٨.ﺃﻣﺴ 
ﺗﺠﻮﻳ
٩ .ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻴﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٧   
Page 72
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١٠ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ 
١١ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺍﻓ 
1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ 
٥.ﻓﻚ 
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 73
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥١.ﻓﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺜﺒ  ّﺖ
٦ .ﺮ ّﻙ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٩   
Page 74
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٢.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ  
٧ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ   
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ
ﻣﻮﺍ
٦٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 75
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ  
٨.ﺭﻛ ّﺐ1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ  
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍWiFi  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮWiFi 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFiﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ .  
ﻻWiFi،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻓﻚﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ     
٥.ﺍﻓﻋﻭﻓﻚﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.    
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦١   
Page 76
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٥.ﻓﻚWiFi   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFiﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻜﺒﻠﻴﻦ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺗﺒﻌ    ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٦.ﻓﻚWiFi   
٦ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFiﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ mini PCI Express   
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٧.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi   
٧.ﺃﺩﺧﻞWiFimini PCI ExpressWiFi    ّﺐWiFi 
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮWiFiWiFi  
٦٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 77
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFiﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻜﺒﻠﻴﻦ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺗﺒﻌ    ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi   
٨ .ّﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥٨ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺗﺮWiFi  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮWiFi 
ﻣﻼ
•ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ 
•ﻗﺪﺗﻌﻤﻞWiFiﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ     ًﺎﻟﻄﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،  
ﺭﺍﺟﻊ٦٥ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴWiFi 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٣  
Page 78
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔWiFi 
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺪﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ  
٣.ﺃﻣﺴ ًﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦ  
٦٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 79
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦١.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺗﺮWiFi  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮWiFi 
ﻣﻼ
•ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺎﻥ 
•ﻗﺪﺗﻌﻤﻞWiFiﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ     ًﺎﻟﻄﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ 
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦ،٦٣  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴWiFi 
ﻣﻼﻗﺪﺗﻌﻤﻞWiFiﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ     ًﺎﻟﻄﻓﻲ 
ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﻤﺎﺑﻤﺆﺧﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐWiFi،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺭﻛ ّﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
٣.ﺍ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
• ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٥   
Page 80
• ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧١  
ﻓWiFi 
ﻟﻔﻚ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺍﻓﺮﺩﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﻲﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦ  
٣.ﻣﻊﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚﻣﻦ    
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻚﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺃﺧﺮﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﻓﻚ ّﺖ
٦٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 81
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٤.ﻓﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺜﺒ  ّﺖ
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻠﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٥.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ  
٨ .ﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻣﻮﺍ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٧   
Page 82
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩ .ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒّﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  ّﺖ
١٠ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
١١ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 83
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻓﻚﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺖ
1ﺍﻟﺬﻱ 
ّ
٦.ﺍ 
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٨.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ  
٧ .ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٩   
Page 84
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٩.ﺭﻛ ّﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﻓ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈ    
"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ٧ﺃﻭ 
ﻋﻠﻰ٨. 
٧٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 85
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٠.ﺗﻮUSB   
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٧١      
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ 
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻ،ﻳﺠ.ﺃﻳ  ًﺎ، ًﻋﻠﻰ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪSetup Utility٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ   
Setup Utility٨٣ 
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ١٠ 
٢ .ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ .ﺃﺑﻖﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺟ ﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ   
ﻏ
٣ .ﻊ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺆﺧ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧١   
Page 86
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٧٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 87
٤ .ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٥.ﻓﻲﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝﺃﻧﻈﺗﻮﻋﻠﻰ     
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻠﻰ    
٧.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﺭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ،ﺗﻄﻠﺐﺷﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ (CRU)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ     
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻊCRUCRU  
ﺍﻟﺤ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚhttp://www.lenovo.com/support  
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٣   
Page 88
٧٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 89
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ  ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo 
•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 7ﻋﻠﻰ٧٥    
•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 8ﻋﻠﻰ٨٠    
ﻣWindows 7  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo 
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ 
•ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery  
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ 
•ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
•ﺣ 
ﻣﻼ
١ .ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Enhanced Backup and Restore ًﺎ،ﻓﺈﻥ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ      ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎEnhanced Backup and Restore 
b.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
c.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂEnhanced Backup and Restore    
٢ .ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ
٣ .ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
٧٥
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ 
ﺇﻧ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ  
ﺇﻟﻰ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ    
ﻭﻗﺖ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ  
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚMicrosoft Windows،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ
ﺇﻧ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.    
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 90
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools      
!!ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ    
ﺍﺳ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﺳﺘﻼ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ  ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ 
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻻWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭUSB  
ﻣﺤﺮ
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﺗﺮ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ   
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ     
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ٧٩ 
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚRescue and Recovery،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ  
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،،ﺑﺎﻹ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue and Recovery    
•ﻓﻲ 
•ﻋﻠﻰ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ   ّﺐ
•ﻋﻠﻰUSBﺧﺎﺭﺟ   
•ﻋﻠﻰ 
•ﻋﻠﻰﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ  
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
ﺇﺟ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮRescue and Recovery 
ﻹRescue and RecoveryWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ    
ﺍﻻ
ﺇﺟ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮRescue and Recovery 
ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬRescue and RecoveryWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 91
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕRestore your system from a backup  
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ   
Recoveryﻋﻠﻰ٧٧  
ﺍRescue and Recovery  
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ  
Windowsﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ 
• ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ :ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ    
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻣﺜﻞUSB.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ   ًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﻣﻦRescue and RecoveryUSB  
• ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recoveryﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue and Recovery،     
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
• ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ :ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ   
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚC:   
ﺍﻷ.ﻭﺣﻴﺚRescue and RecoveryWindows،ﻗﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ     
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍWindows 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recoveryﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،   
ﺳﻴﺘﻢ)ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥC:.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ   ًﺎ،ﻓﻘﻢ 
ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ.ﺇﻥﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue files    
Rescue and Recovery ﺦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺁﺧ ﺮ .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀRescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ    
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ   
Rescue and Recoveryﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﻗ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﻞﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ 
•ﻻ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮRescue filesﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ     
•ﻻRescue and Recoveryﺃﻭ   
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮFull Restore  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ    
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ٧٩ 
ﺇﻧ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮUSB،ﺍﺳﺘﺮ   
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞRescue and Recovery 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٧   
Page 92
ﻣﻼ
١.ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ًﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٢.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ 
ﺇﻧ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ   
٤.ﻓﻲRescue Mediaﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻭ     
ﻣﺤﺮ
٥ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OKﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ .  
ﺍﺳ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :  
١.ﺃﻭﻗ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﺗﺮ    
٣.ﻓﻲﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﺤﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ   
ﺍﻟEnter 
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ USBﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ   
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﺗﺮ    
٣.ﻓﻲﺣﺪﺩﻣﺤﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ    
ﻭﺳﻴﻂ
ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀ،Rescue and RecoveryRescue and   
Recovery
ﺇ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻹLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
٢.ﺍﺫﻫC:\SWTOOLS  
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻓﻲﺗﻮﺟﺪ   ًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ 
٥.ﻓﻲﺍﺑﺤﺃﻭﺍﻷﺍ     
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
٧٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 93
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ،ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ    
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ
ﻹ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
٢.ﺍﺫﻫC:\SWTOOLS  
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢDRIVERSﺿDRIVERSﺗﻮﺟﺪ     ًﺎﻟﻸ
ﻣﺜﻞAUDIOVIDEO  
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ 
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ 
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﺑﺤSETUP.exeﺍ     
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﺑﺤREADME.txtﺃﻭﺃﻱ.txtﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ،ﻋﻠﻰ         
ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،WIN98.txtTXT.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ    
• ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﻟﻪﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ .infﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ INF،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindows 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔ ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "   
ﺍﻟ٨٩ 
ﺇ 
ﻓﻲ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ  
ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﺗ
ﻹ،Microsoft Windows  
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻵ ﺧﺮ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺪﻳﻪﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺃﻡ ﻻ .  
•ﻹ ًﺎ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕMicrosoft Windowsﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.    
•ﻹ ًﺎﻣﻦLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
٢.ﺍﺫﻫC:\SWTOOLS  
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻓﻲﺗﻮﺟﺪ   ًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ 
٥.ﻓﻲﺍﺑﺤﺃﻭﺍﻷﺍ     
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺇ 
ﻹ، 
ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ،.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ   
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ  
ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ"٧٨ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٩   
Page 94
ﺣ 
ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦRescue and RecoveryWindows،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﻱ   
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻧﻈﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻋﻠﻰ٧٧     
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭ 
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ٧٥ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and RecoveryWindowsﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ    
ﺍﻻ،ﻓﻘﺪ)ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍUSB(ﻣﺤﺪﺩ    ًﺍﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀ 
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲ.ﻳﺠ ًﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪSetup Utility"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ٨٥   
ﺃﻭ.ﻟﻠﺤSetup Utility،ﺃﻧﻈ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨٣       
ﻣﻦﺍﻟ
ﻣWindows 8  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡWindows 8 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ Windows Store،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﺳﺘﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ    
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻷ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻰ: 
١ .ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ  
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻡ.  
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻥﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ    
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ 
ﻭﺍﻹ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ .ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ      
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻻ
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻰ: 
١ .ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ  
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻡ.  
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺷ ﻲ ءWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ     
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ  
Windowsﻣﻦ 
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺣﺍﻧﻘﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ   
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻡ.  
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺍﻷﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ .       
٨٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 95
٣ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺘﺒﻌ  ًﺎﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎWindows 8،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٨١   
Page 96
٨٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 97
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺍﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺑ ﺮ ﻧﺎ ﻣ ﺞ Setup Utility  ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility،ﺑ.ﻭﻣﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ    
ﻣﻦSetup Utility 
ﺑﺪSetup Utility  
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮﻗ    
ﺍﻟF1 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Power-On PasswordAdministrator Password،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺃﻥ      
ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ،ﺍﺭ٨٣  
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸPOST،  
ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻢﻣ
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility  
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺿ ﻐﻂ Enter      
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ.ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ 
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F2ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻟـﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ      
Change Detection،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞSetup Utility  
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩSecurityConfiguration Change Detectionﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺛﻢﺍEnter    
٤.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﻋ 
ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻧﻈﺮ      
"ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ٨٣ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ      
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ . 
ﺍ 
ﻣﻦSetup Utility،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ   
ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ
•Power-On Password 
•Administrator Password 
•Hard Disk Password 
٨٣
ﻟﺴ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﺮﺭ   
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ،ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺃﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ. 
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 98
Power-On Password 
Administrator Password 
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ64 ًﺎﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎﻭﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ.،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ 
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻹ  
•ﺃﻥ 
•ﺃﻥ 
•ﻻSetup Utilityﻭﻣﺤ   
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻳﺠ ًﺎ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪPower-On Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ
ﻳﺆﺩﻱAdministrator Password.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ  ًﻋ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻓﻴﺠAdministrator Password  
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝSetup Utility 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮSetup Utility،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ  
Password ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ .
Hard Disk Password 
ﻭﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩSecurity   
٣.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰﺣﺪﺩSet Power-On PasswordﺃﻭSet Administrator PasswordﺃﻭHard Disk Password      
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦﺃﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻓ  ًﺎﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎﻭﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ     
"ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕﻋﻠﻰ٨٤   
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻞٍﻣﻦPower-On PasswordAdministrator Password،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺠAdministrator      
ﻳﺆﺩﻱHard Disk Password 
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪHard Disk Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻣﻼ
•ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ،ﺗﺘﻢ   
•ﻓﻲ،ﻻ   
ﺗ 
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ)ﻣCMOS  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞ 
٨٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 99
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ2(ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ3(.      
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺛﻮﺍﻥ  ٍ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ٍﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ.
٧.ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨ1ﺇﻟﻰ2.    
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞﻣﺮﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ2(.    
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺇﺗﺎ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﻣﻮUSBUSB،ﻟﻦﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼ   
USB
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦDisabled،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞSATA   
ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭﺍﻟﻮ
USB Setup
SATA Controller
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ : 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩDevices   
٣.ﺑﻨﺎﺀﺍﻋﻠﻰﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
•ﺣﺪﺩUSB SetupﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞUSB    
•ﺣﺪﺩATA Drive SetupﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦSATAﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ.     
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹEnter  
٥.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺃﻧﻈﺍﻟﺨﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺗ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻵﺗﻰ  
ﺗ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ .
١.ﺃﻭﻗ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺣ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺛﻢﺍﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ   
ﻣﻼﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪStartup Device Menuﻻ   
ﺍ 
ﻟﻌﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٧.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨٥    
Page 100
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩStartup   
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓPrimary Startup SequenceﻭAutomatic Boot SequenceﻭError Boot Sequenceﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ       
ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
٤.ﺍF10Setup Utility"ﺍﻟﺨSetup Utility     
ﺗﻤErP  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚErPPowerSetup Utility   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦErPSetup Utility،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPowerEnhanced Power Saving Modeﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺛﻢﺍEnter    
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔPowerﺣﺪﺩAutomatic Power Onﺛﻢﺍ     
٥.ﺣﺪﺩWake on Lanﺛﻢﺍ   
٦.ﺣﺪﺩDisabledﺛﻢﺍ   
٧.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErPﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :   
•ﺍﻟ 
•ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦWake Up on Alarm  
ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ .ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility  
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPowerAutomatic Power Onﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩWake Up on Alarmﺛﻢﺍﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ     
٤.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
• ﻣﻴﺰﺓ After Power Loss 
ﺗﺘﻴﺢAfter Power Loss.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦAfter Power Loss،    
ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility  
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPowerAfter Power Lossﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPower Onﺛﻢﺍ   
٤.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﺍﻟSetup Utility  
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ     
Escﻣﺮﺍﺕﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ  
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ،ﺍF10ﻟﺤﻔﻆSetup Utility      
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩExitDiscard Changes and Exitﺛﻢﺍﻋﻨﺪ       
Saving،ﺣﺪﺩYes،ﺛﻢﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ      
• ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F9ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility    
ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﺔ.
٨٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ